Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

command takes effect

  • 1 команда оказывает воздействие

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > команда оказывает воздействие

  • 2 команда оказывает воздействие

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > команда оказывает воздействие

  • 3 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    tener algo [de] + adj

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio to have;

    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he isso what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer to have;

    tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 4 llevar

    v.
    1 to take.
    llevar algo/a alguien a to take something/somebody to
    me llevó en coche he drove me there
    El bus llevó a María The bus got Mary there.
    2 to carry.
    llevaban en hombros al entrenador they were carrying the coach on their shoulders
    El bus lleva mercadería para vender The bus carries goods for selling.
    Esa frase lleva mala intención That phrase carries bad intention.
    3 to wear.
    llevo gafas I wear glasses
    no llevo dinero I haven't got any money on me
    4 to have.
    llevar el pelo largo to have long hair
    llevas las manos sucias your hands are dirty
    5 to handle, to deal with.
    lleva la contabilidad she keeps the books
    6 to keep.
    llevar el paso to keep in step
    7 to deal or cope with.
    llevar algo bien/mal to deal o cope with something well/badly
    ¿cómo lo llevas? (informal) how are you getting on?
    8 to be wearing, to have, to wear.
    LLeva un buen traje He is wearing a nice suit.
    9 to lead, to live.
    Lleva un vida muy triste He leads a very sad life.
    10 to convey.
    Su gesto lleva amor His gesture conveys love.
    11 to take up.
    Ella llevó ciencias el año pasado She took up Science last year.
    12 to have been.
    Llevo viviendo mucho tiempo aquí I have been living a long time here.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to take
    te llevo en coche I'll take you in the car, I'll give you a lift
    2 (tener) to have; (tener encima) to have, carry
    ¿qué llevas ahí? what's that you've got there?
    ¿cuánto dinero llevas? how much money have you got on you?
    3 (prenda) to wear, have on
    4 (aguantar) to cope with
    ¿cómo lleva lo de quedarse sin trabajo? how's he coping with losing his job?
    5 (dirigir) to be in charge of
    ¿quién lleva el tema de los pedidos? who's in charge of orders?
    6 (conducir - coche) to drive; (moto) - to ride
    8 (libros, cuentas) to keep
    9 (años) to be older
    10 (vida) to lead
    11 (tiempo, esfuerzo) to take
    12 (compás, paso, ritmo) to keep
    contigo no bailo, no sabes llevar el paso I'm not dancing with you, you can't keep in step
    13 familiar (cobrar) to charge
    ¿cuánto te llevaron por la reparación? how much did they charge you for the repairs?
    1 llevar a (conducir) to take, lead
    y esto, ¿adónde nos lleva? and where will this lead us?
    2 llevar a + inf (inducir) to lead to, make
    esto me lleva a pensar que... this leads me to think that...
    ¿qué lo llevó a actuar así? what made him act like that?
    3 llevar + participio to have
    1 (obtener) to get; (ganar) to win
    2 (recibir) to get
    3 (estar de moda) to be fashionable
    4 (entenderse) to get on ( con, with), get along ( con, with)
    5 MATEMÁTICAS to carry over
    \
    dejarse llevar por... to be influenced by..., get carried away with...
    llevar a la práctica to put into practice
    llevar adelante to carry out
    llevar la cuenta de to keep track of
    llevar las de + inf to be likely to + inf
    llevarse a matar to be at daggers drawn
    llevarse por delante (gen) to carry away, sweep away 2 (viento) to blow away 3 (coche) to run over
    * * *
    verb
    2) take, take away
    3) wear
    4) endure, bear
    - llevarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones llevar adelante, llevar la contraria, llevar las de perder, llevar a la práctica, llevar a término, llevar ventaja, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=transportar) [con los brazos] to carry; [indicando el punto de destino] to take; [en vehículo] to transport

    "comida para llevar" — "food to take away", "take-away food"

    ¿es para llevar? — is it to take away?

    2) (=llevar puesto) to wear

    ¿hay que llevar corbata a la reunión? — do we have to wear a tie to the meeting?

    llevaba puesto un sombrero muy raro — she had a very odd hat on, she was wearing a very odd hat

    3) (=llevar encima)

    ¡la que llevaba encima aquella noche! — * he was really smashed that night! *

    4) (=tener)
    a) [+ barba, pelo] to have
    b) [+ adorno, ingrediente] to have

    lleva un rótulo que dice... — it has a label (on it) which says...

    ¿qué lleva el pollo que está tan bueno? — what's in this chicken that makes it taste so good?

    c) [+ armas, nombre, título] to have, bear frm

    el libro lleva el título de... — the book has the title of..., the book is entitled...

    5) [+ persona]
    a) (=acompañar, conducir) to take

    ¿adónde me llevan? — where are you taking me?

    a ver ¿cuándo me llevas a cenar? — when are you going to take me out for a meal?

    b) [en coche] to drive

    Sofía nos llevó a casa — Sofía gave us a lift home, Sofía drove us home

    yo voy en esa dirección, ¿quieres que te lleve? — I'm going that way, do you want a lift?

    6) (=conducir)
    a) [+ vehículo] to drive
    b) [+ persona, entidad]

    llevó a su empresa a la bancarrota — he caused his company to go bankrupt, he bankrupted his company

    [dejarse] llevar — to get carried away

    no te dejes llevar por las apariencias — don't be taken in {o} deceived by appearances

    si te dejas llevar por él, acabarás mal — if you fall in with him, you'll be in trouble

    7) (=dirigir) [+ negocio, tienda] to run

    llevar la [casa] — to run the household

    ¿quién lleva la [cuenta]? — who is keeping count?

    llevar las cuentas {o} los libros — (Com) to keep the books

    llevar una [materia] — Méx to study a subject

    compás 1)
    8) (=aportar) to bring
    9) (=adelantar en)
    10) (=inducir)

    llevar a algn a creer que... — to lead sb to think that..., make sb think that...

    esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to think that...

    11) (=tolerar)

    ¿cómo lleva lo de su hijo? — how's she coping with what happened to her son?

    12) [indicando tiempo]
    a) (=haber estado) to be

    ¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí? — how long have you been here?

    b) (=tardar) to take
    13) (=cobrar) to charge

    no quería llevarme nada — he didn't want to charge me, he didn't want to take any money

    14) (=ir por)

    ¿qué dirección llevaba? — what direction was he going in?, which way was he going?

    lleva [camino] de ser como su padre — it looks like he's going to turn out just like his father

    15) [+ vida] to lead

    llevar una vida tranquila — to live {o} lead a quiet life

    16) + participio
    17) (=producir) (Com, Econ) to bear; (Agr) to bear, produce

    los bonos llevan un 8% de interés — the bonds pay {o} bear interest at 8%

    no lleva fruto este año — it has no fruit this year, it hasn't produced any fruit this year

    2.
    VERBO INTRANSITIVO [carretera] to go, lead

    esta carretera lleva a La Paz — this road goes {o} leads to La Paz

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( de un lugar a otro) to take

    ¿qué llevas en el bolso? — what have you got in your bag?

    comida para llevartake out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals

    b) ( transportar) to carry
    c) < persona> to take
    d) ( tener consigo) to have
    2)
    a) (guiar, conducir) to take

    nos llevaron por un senderothey led o took us along a path

    la llevaba de la mano — I/he was holding her hand

    b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead

    esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to believe that...

    ¿qué la llevó a hacerlo? — what made her do it?

    3) <ropa/perfume/reloj> to wear
    4) ( tener) to have

    una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' — a song entitled `Rencor'

    5) ( tener a su cargo) <negocio/tienda> to run; < caso> to handle
    6)
    a) ( conducir) < vehículo> to drive; < moto> to ride
    b) < pareja> ( al bailar)

    no sé bailar - no importa, yo te llevo — I can't dance - it doesn't matter, I'll lead

    7) < vida> to lead

    llevar una vida tranquila/muy ajetreada — to lead a quiet/very hectic life; (+ compl)

    ¿cómo lleva lo del divorcio? - lo lleva muy mal — how is she coping with the divorce? - she's taking it very badly

    8) (seguir, mantener)

    llevar el ritmo or el compás — to keep time

    ¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? — are you keeping track of what I owe you?

    ¿qué dirección llevaban? — which direction were they going in?

    9)
    a) ( requerir) to take

    lleva tiempo hacerlo bien — it takes time to do it well; (+ me/te/le etc)

    b) (tener como ingrediente, componente)

    ¿qué lleva esta sopa? — what's in this soup?

    10) (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc)
    11) (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
    2.
    llevar v aux

    llevar las de ganar/de perder — to be likely to win/lose

    3.
    llevar vi
    a) camino/carretera to go, lead
    b) ( al bailar) to lead
    4.
    llevarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( a otro lugar) to take

    ¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? — who took my umbrella?

    b) <premio/dinero> to win
    c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take

    ¿cuántos se quiere llevar? — how many would you like?

    d) (Mat) to carry

    9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una — 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

    e) (Arg) < asignatura> to carry over
    2) ( dirigir)
    3) <susto/regañina> to get
    4)
    * * *
    = bear, bring, carry, lead, lug off, steer, engage, escort, lead + Pronombre + down the road to, take along, tote.
    Ex. Examples of homographs are: bear (to carry, or an animal) and score (music, football or to cut).
    Ex. Subject experts may bring a more informed and critical eye to document analysis.
    Ex. Cable TV systems have now been introduced in the United States that have the technical ability to carry two-way signals.
    Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex. The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.
    Ex. They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.
    Ex. And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.
    Ex. Their work included escorting clients to other agencies.
    Ex. The catalog's deterioration is leading us down the road to lesser quality library service.
    Ex. When you're crunched for time, take along snacks that pack a wallop, nutritionally speaking.
    Ex. These bags are the best way to tote around your books, groceries, beach stuff, or even your puppy.
    ----
    * agua + llevar = wash away.
    * Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.
    * correr como alma que lleva el diablo = run for + Posesivo + life.
    * cuando el río suena, agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.
    * dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.
    * dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).
    * dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.
    * dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * encargado de llevar a cabo = implementor [implementer].
    * encargado de llevar el marcador = scorer.
    * flor para llevar en el ojal = boutonniere.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * llevando sobrepelliz = surpliced.
    * llevar a = lead on to, lead up to, result (in), take + Nombre + back to, usher into.
    * llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * llevar a Alguien a juicio = bring + lawsuit against + Alguien, take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.
    * llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.
    * llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.
    * llevar a cabo = accomplish, carry out, conduct, execute, go about, implement, proceed, effect, realise [realize, -USA], transact, carry through, press forward (with).
    * llevar a cabo actividades = conduct + business.
    * llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.
    * llevar a cabo una actividad = conduct + activity.
    * llevar a cabo una actuación común = make + a concerted effort.
    * llevar a cabo una iniciativa = take + initiative.
    * llevar a cabo una misión = accomplish + mission.
    * llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.
    * llevar a cabo una redada = swoop.
    * llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.
    * llevar a cabo un atraco = pull off + heist.
    * llevar a cabo un proyecto = carry out + project, undertake + project, develop + project.
    * llevar a cabo un robo = execute + theft, pull off + heist.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevar a conclusiones erróneas = mislead.
    * llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.
    * llevar a cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights, take + Nombre + to greater heights.
    * llevar adelante = go ahead with, carry on, carry out.
    * llevar a engaño = be misleading, be deceiving.
    * llevar a + Estado Emocional = send into + Estado Emocional.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * llevar a hombros = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.
    * llevar a juicio = prosecute, sue, file + suit against, bring + a suit against, litigate, bring + criminal charges against, file + lawsuit against, take + Nombre + to court, bring + Nombre + to justice, put on + trial, try.
    * llevar a la bancarrota = bankrupt.
    * llevar a la conclusión = lead to + the conclusion.
    * llevar a la ficción = fictionalise [fictionalize, -USA].
    * llevar a la práctica = practise [practice, -USA], put into + practice, put into + practical effect, carry out, put into + effect.
    * llevar a la práctica una decisión = implement + decision.
    * llevar a la quiebra = bankrupt.
    * llevar Algo/Alguien a = usher + Nombre + into.
    * llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.
    * llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.
    * llevar Algo hasta el final = carry + Nombre + to the end.
    * llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al hospital de bulla y corriendo = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al hospital urgentemente = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al juzgado = take + Nombre + to court.
    * llevar al límite = stretch.
    * llevar a los tribunales = take + Nombre + to court.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * llevar aquí + Expresión Temporal = have been around + Expresión Temporal.
    * llevar a remolque = take in + tow.
    * llevar a tomar una decisión = lead (up) to + decision.
    * llevar aún más lejos = take + one stage further, progress + one stage further, carry + one stage further, develop + one stage further, take + a step further, extend + one step further, carry + one step further, take + one step further.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar consigo = carry around.
    * llevar el compás = beat + time.
    * llevar el mando = rule + the roost.
    * llevar el peso = undertake + burden.
    * llevar el sello de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar el sello distintivo de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar en autobús = bus.
    * llevar en camión = truck.
    * llevar en volandas = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.
    * llevar + Expresión Temporal = take + Expresión Temporal.
    * llevar la antorcha = carry + the torch.
    * llevar la batuta = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.
    * llevar la contraria = antagonise [antagonize, -USA].
    * llevar la cuenta = tally.
    * llevar la cuenta de = keep + track of.
    * llevar la delantera = ahead of the game.
    * llevar la impronta de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la marca de = bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the imprint of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la marca distintiva de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la montaña a Mahoma = bring + the mountain to Mohammed.
    * llevar la responsabilidad de Algo = carry + the burden.
    * llevar la voz cantante = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.
    * llevarle la corriente a Alguien = play along with.
    * llevarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * llevar por el aire = waft.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * llevar (puesto) = wear.
    * llevar puesto el cinturón de seguridad = wear + a seat belt.
    * llevar razón = be right, be in the right.
    * llevar ropa puesta = wear + clothing.
    * llevar rumbo de colisión con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevarse = take, take away, cream off, haul away, cart, make off with, take + Nombre + away, be in, get away with.
    * llevarse a las mil maravillas con + Nombre = get on with + Nombre + swimmingly.
    * llevarse a las mis maravillas = get along/on + like a house on fire.
    * llevarse bien = get along, on good terms, hit it off.
    * llevarse bien con Alguien = get on with + Pronombre Personal.
    * llevarse el gato al agua = steal + the show, steal + the limelight, the nod + go to.
    * llevarse el mérito = take + the credit (for).
    * llevarse la fama = take + the credit (for).
    * llevarse la palma = sweep + the board, steal + the limelight, steal + the show, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, come out on + top.
    * llevárselo el viento = blow away.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * llevarse una desilusión = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * llevarse un chasco = be gutted, feel + gutted, be disappointed.
    * llevarse un palo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * llevar sobre la espalda = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * llevar sobre los hombros = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.
    * llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * llevar una cruz = suffer from + curse.
    * llevar una eternidad = take + ages (and ages).
    * llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.
    * llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.
    * llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.
    * llevar un diario de trabajo = keep + diary.
    * llevar un minuto = take + minute.
    * llevar un negocio = conduct + a business.
    * no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no llevar a ningún fin, ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.
    * no llevar a ningún sitio = go + nowhere.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.
    * viajar llevando un mochila = backpacking.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( de un lugar a otro) to take

    ¿qué llevas en el bolso? — what have you got in your bag?

    comida para llevartake out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals

    b) ( transportar) to carry
    c) < persona> to take
    d) ( tener consigo) to have
    2)
    a) (guiar, conducir) to take

    nos llevaron por un senderothey led o took us along a path

    la llevaba de la mano — I/he was holding her hand

    b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead

    esto me lleva a pensar que... — this leads me to believe that...

    ¿qué la llevó a hacerlo? — what made her do it?

    3) <ropa/perfume/reloj> to wear
    4) ( tener) to have

    una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' — a song entitled `Rencor'

    5) ( tener a su cargo) <negocio/tienda> to run; < caso> to handle
    6)
    a) ( conducir) < vehículo> to drive; < moto> to ride
    b) < pareja> ( al bailar)

    no sé bailar - no importa, yo te llevo — I can't dance - it doesn't matter, I'll lead

    7) < vida> to lead

    llevar una vida tranquila/muy ajetreada — to lead a quiet/very hectic life; (+ compl)

    ¿cómo lleva lo del divorcio? - lo lleva muy mal — how is she coping with the divorce? - she's taking it very badly

    8) (seguir, mantener)

    llevar el ritmo or el compás — to keep time

    ¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? — are you keeping track of what I owe you?

    ¿qué dirección llevaban? — which direction were they going in?

    9)
    a) ( requerir) to take

    lleva tiempo hacerlo bien — it takes time to do it well; (+ me/te/le etc)

    b) (tener como ingrediente, componente)

    ¿qué lleva esta sopa? — what's in this soup?

    10) (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc)
    11) (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
    2.
    llevar v aux

    llevar las de ganar/de perder — to be likely to win/lose

    3.
    llevar vi
    a) camino/carretera to go, lead
    b) ( al bailar) to lead
    4.
    llevarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( a otro lugar) to take

    ¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? — who took my umbrella?

    b) <premio/dinero> to win
    c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take

    ¿cuántos se quiere llevar? — how many would you like?

    d) (Mat) to carry

    9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una — 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

    e) (Arg) < asignatura> to carry over
    2) ( dirigir)
    3) <susto/regañina> to get
    4)
    * * *
    llevar (puesto)
    (v.) = wear

    Ex: The camera hound of the future wears on his forehead a lump a little larger than a walnut.

    = bear, bring, carry, lead, lug off, steer, engage, escort, lead + Pronombre + down the road to, take along, tote.

    Ex: Examples of homographs are: bear (to carry, or an animal) and score (music, football or to cut).

    Ex: Subject experts may bring a more informed and critical eye to document analysis.
    Ex: Cable TV systems have now been introduced in the United States that have the technical ability to carry two-way signals.
    Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex: The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.
    Ex: They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.
    Ex: And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.
    Ex: Their work included escorting clients to other agencies.
    Ex: The catalog's deterioration is leading us down the road to lesser quality library service.
    Ex: When you're crunched for time, take along snacks that pack a wallop, nutritionally speaking.
    Ex: These bags are the best way to tote around your books, groceries, beach stuff, or even your puppy.
    * agua + llevar = wash away.
    * Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.
    * correr como alma que lleva el diablo = run for + Posesivo + life.
    * cuando el río suena, agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.
    * dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.
    * dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).
    * dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.
    * dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * encargado de llevar a cabo = implementor [implementer].
    * encargado de llevar el marcador = scorer.
    * flor para llevar en el ojal = boutonniere.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * llevando sobrepelliz = surpliced.
    * llevar a = lead on to, lead up to, result (in), take + Nombre + back to, usher into.
    * llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * llevar a Alguien a juicio = bring + lawsuit against + Alguien, take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.
    * llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.
    * llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.
    * llevar a cabo = accomplish, carry out, conduct, execute, go about, implement, proceed, effect, realise [realize, -USA], transact, carry through, press forward (with).
    * llevar a cabo actividades = conduct + business.
    * llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.
    * llevar a cabo una actividad = conduct + activity.
    * llevar a cabo una actuación común = make + a concerted effort.
    * llevar a cabo una iniciativa = take + initiative.
    * llevar a cabo una misión = accomplish + mission.
    * llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.
    * llevar a cabo una redada = swoop.
    * llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.
    * llevar a cabo un atraco = pull off + heist.
    * llevar a cabo un proyecto = carry out + project, undertake + project, develop + project.
    * llevar a cabo un robo = execute + theft, pull off + heist.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevar a conclusiones erróneas = mislead.
    * llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.
    * llevar a cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights, take + Nombre + to greater heights.
    * llevar adelante = go ahead with, carry on, carry out.
    * llevar a engaño = be misleading, be deceiving.
    * llevar a + Estado Emocional = send into + Estado Emocional.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * llevar a hombros = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.
    * llevar a juicio = prosecute, sue, file + suit against, bring + a suit against, litigate, bring + criminal charges against, file + lawsuit against, take + Nombre + to court, bring + Nombre + to justice, put on + trial, try.
    * llevar a la bancarrota = bankrupt.
    * llevar a la conclusión = lead to + the conclusion.
    * llevar a la ficción = fictionalise [fictionalize, -USA].
    * llevar a la práctica = practise [practice, -USA], put into + practice, put into + practical effect, carry out, put into + effect.
    * llevar a la práctica una decisión = implement + decision.
    * llevar a la quiebra = bankrupt.
    * llevar Algo/Alguien a = usher + Nombre + into.
    * llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.
    * llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.
    * llevar Algo hasta el final = carry + Nombre + to the end.
    * llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al hospital de bulla y corriendo = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al hospital urgentemente = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar al juzgado = take + Nombre + to court.
    * llevar al límite = stretch.
    * llevar a los tribunales = take + Nombre + to court.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * llevar aquí + Expresión Temporal = have been around + Expresión Temporal.
    * llevar a remolque = take in + tow.
    * llevar a tomar una decisión = lead (up) to + decision.
    * llevar aún más lejos = take + one stage further, progress + one stage further, carry + one stage further, develop + one stage further, take + a step further, extend + one step further, carry + one step further, take + one step further.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar consigo = carry around.
    * llevar el compás = beat + time.
    * llevar el mando = rule + the roost.
    * llevar el peso = undertake + burden.
    * llevar el sello de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar el sello distintivo de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar en autobús = bus.
    * llevar en camión = truck.
    * llevar en volandas = carry + Nombre + shoulder-high.
    * llevar + Expresión Temporal = take + Expresión Temporal.
    * llevar la antorcha = carry + the torch.
    * llevar la batuta = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.
    * llevar la contraria = antagonise [antagonize, -USA].
    * llevar la cuenta = tally.
    * llevar la cuenta de = keep + track of.
    * llevar la delantera = ahead of the game.
    * llevar la impronta de = bear + the imprint of, bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la marca de = bear + the mark(s) of, bear + the stamp of, bear + the imprint of, bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la marca distintiva de = bear + the hallmarks of, have + the hallmarks of.
    * llevar la montaña a Mahoma = bring + the mountain to Mohammed.
    * llevar la responsabilidad de Algo = carry + the burden.
    * llevar la voz cantante = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost, set + the agenda.
    * llevarle la corriente a Alguien = play along with.
    * llevarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * llevar por el aire = waft.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * llevar (puesto) = wear.
    * llevar puesto el cinturón de seguridad = wear + a seat belt.
    * llevar razón = be right, be in the right.
    * llevar ropa puesta = wear + clothing.
    * llevar rumbo de colisión con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevarse = take, take away, cream off, haul away, cart, make off with, take + Nombre + away, be in, get away with.
    * llevarse a las mil maravillas con + Nombre = get on with + Nombre + swimmingly.
    * llevarse a las mis maravillas = get along/on + like a house on fire.
    * llevarse bien = get along, on good terms, hit it off.
    * llevarse bien con Alguien = get on with + Pronombre Personal.
    * llevarse el gato al agua = steal + the show, steal + the limelight, the nod + go to.
    * llevarse el mérito = take + the credit (for).
    * llevarse la fama = take + the credit (for).
    * llevarse la palma = sweep + the board, steal + the limelight, steal + the show, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, come out on + top.
    * llevárselo el viento = blow away.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * llevarse una desilusión = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * llevarse un chasco = be gutted, feel + gutted, be disappointed.
    * llevarse un palo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * llevar sobre la espalda = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * llevar sobre los hombros = carry on + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.
    * llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * llevar una cruz = suffer from + curse.
    * llevar una eternidad = take + ages (and ages).
    * llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.
    * llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.
    * llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.
    * llevar un diario de trabajo = keep + diary.
    * llevar un minuto = take + minute.
    * llevar un negocio = conduct + a business.
    * no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no llevar a ningún fin, ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.
    * no llevar a ningún sitio = go + nowhere.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.
    * viajar llevando un mochila = backpacking.

    * * *
    llevar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    tengo que llevar los zapatos a arreglar I must take my shoes to be mended
    le llevé unas flores I took her some flowers
    te lo llevaré cuando vaya el sábado I'll bring it when I come on Saturday
    este programa pretende llevar un mensaje de paz y amor a sus hogares this program aims to bring a message of peace and love into your homes
    el camión llevaba una carga de abono the truck was carrying a load of fertilizer
    deja que te ayude a llevar las bolsas let me help you carry your bags
    ¿qué llevas en el bolso que pesa tanto? what have you got in your bag that weighs so much?
    dos hamburguesas para llevar two hamburgers to go ( AmE), two hamburgers to take away ( BrE)
    [ S ] comida para llevar take out meals ( AmE), takeaway meals ( BrE)
    2 ‹persona› to take
    iba para ese lado y me llevó hasta la estación she was going that way so she gave me a lift to o took me to o dropped me at the station
    voy a llevar a los niños al colegio I'm going to take the children to school
    nos llevó a cenar fuera he took us out to dinner
    la llevaba de la mano I was holding her hand, I had her by the hand
    3
    (tener consigo): los atracadores llevaban metralletas the robbers carried submachine guns
    no llevo dinero encima or conmigo I don't have any money on me
    4 (CS) (comprar) to take
    ¿la señora ha decidido? — sí, llevo éste have you decided, madam? — yes, I'll take o I'll have this one
    ¿cuántos va a llevar? how many would you like?
    B
    1
    (guiar, conducir): nos llevaron por un sendero hacia la cueva they led o took us along a path toward(s) the cave
    este camino te lleva al río this path leads o takes you to the river
    esta discusión no nos llevará a ninguna parte arguing like this won't get us anywhere
    2 (impulsar, inducir) to lead
    su afición por el juego lo llevó a cometer el desfalco his passion for gambling led him to embezzle the money
    esto me lleva a pensar que miente this leads me to believe that she is lying
    ¿qué puede llevar a una madre a hacer una cosa así? what could induce a mother to do such a thing?
    C
    1 ‹vestido/sombrero› to wear
    puede llevarse suelto o con cinturón it can be worn loose or with a belt
    llevaba uniforme he was wearing his uniform, he was in uniform
    no llevo reloj I'm not wearing a watch, I haven't got a watch on
    2
    (hablando de modas): vuelven a llevarse las faldas cortas short skirts are back in fashion
    ya no se lleva eso de las fiestas de compromiso people don't have engagement parties any more
    D
    (tener): llevas la corbata torcida your tie's crooked
    hace años que lleva barba he's had a beard for years
    llevaba el pelo corto she wore o had her hair short, she had short hair
    cada entrada lleva un número each ticket bears a number o has a number on it
    el colegio lleva el nombre de su fundador the school carries o bears the name of its founder
    una canción que lleva por título `Rencor' a song entitled `Rencor'
    A
    (tener a su cargo): lleva la contabilidad de la empresa she does the company's accounts
    su padre lleva la tienda/el bar his father runs the shop/the bar
    el abogado que lleva el caso the lawyer o ( AmE) attorney who is handling the case
    mi compañero lleva lo de los créditos my colleague deals with loans
    trabaja a tiempo completo y además lleva la casa she works full time and does all the housework as well
    B
    1 (conducir) ‹vehículo› to drive; ‹moto› to ride
    ¿quién llevaba el coche? who was driving the car?
    2 ‹pareja›
    (al bailar): no sé bailar — no importa, yo te llevo I can't dance — it doesn't matter, I'll lead
    C
    1 ‹vida› to lead
    (+ compl): lleva una vida normal/muy ajetreada he leads o has a normal life/very hectic life
    llevan su relación en secreto they're keeping their relationship secret
    ¿cómo llevas lo del divorcio? how are you coping with the divorce?
    está en segundo año y lo lleva muy bien he's in the second year and he's doing very well
    ¿qué tal lo llevas? ( fam); how are things? ( colloq)
    lleva muy mal lo de que te vayas al extranjero she's taking this business of you going abroad very badly
    llevaste muy bien la entrevista you handled the interview very well
    2 ( Ven) ‹golpe/susto› to get
    llevamos un susto grande cuando … we got a terrible fright when …
    va a llevar un disgusto grande cuando se entere he's going to be very upset when he finds out
    D
    (seguir, mantener): llevar el ritmo or el compás to keep time
    baila mal, no sabe llevar el compás he's a bad dancer, he can't keep in time to the music
    ¿estás llevando la cuenta de lo que te debo? are you keeping track of what I owe you?
    ¿qué rumbo llevan? what course are they on?
    ¿qué dirección llevaban? which direction were they going in o were they headed in?
    A
    1 (requerir, insumir) to take
    lleva mucho tiempo hacerlo bien it takes a long time to do it well
    (+ me/te/le etc): le llevó horas aprendérselo de memoria it took her hours to learn it by heart
    me va a llevar horas it's going to take me hours
    2
    (tener como ingrediente, componente): ¿qué lleva esta sopa? what's in this soup?
    esta masa lleva mantequilla en lugar de aceite this pastry is made with butter instead of oil
    lleva unas gotas de jugo de limón it has a few drops of lemon juice in it
    este modelo lleva tres metros de tela you need three meters of material for this dress
    la blusa lleva un cuello de encaje the blouse has a lace collar
    el tren lleva dos vagones de primera the train has o ( frml) conveys two first-class carriages
    B (aventajar, exceder en) (+ me/te/le etc):
    me lleva dos años he's two years older than me
    mi hijo te lleva unos centímetros my son is a few centimeters taller than you, my son is taller than you by a few centimeters
    nos llevan tres días de ventaja they have a three-day lead over us
    C ( Esp) (cobrar) to charge
    no me llevó nada por arreglármelo he didn't charge me (anything) for fixing it
    lleva media hora esperando she's been waiting for half an hour
    ¿llevas mucho rato aquí? have you been here long?
    lleva tres días sin probar bocado he hasn't eaten a thing for three days
    el tren lleva una hora de retraso the train's an hour late
    ¿te desperté? — no, llevo horas levantada did I wake you? — no, I've been up for hours
    lleva cinco años en la empresa she's been with the company for five years
    hasta ahora llevan ganados todos los partidos they've won every game so far
    ya llevaba hecha la mitad de la manga I'd already done half the sleeve
    llevar las de ganar/perder to be bound to win/lose
    con el apoyo del jefe, llevas todas las de ganar if the boss is behind you, you're bound to succeed
    ■ llevar
    vi
    1 «camino/carretera» to go, lead
    lleva directamente al pueblo it goes o leads straight to the village
    ¿adónde lleva este camino? where does this road go o lead?
    2 (al bailar) to lead
    A
    1 (a otro lugar) to take
    la policía se llevó al sospechoso the police took the suspect away
    ¿quién se ha llevado mi paraguas? who's taken my umbrella?
    nos lo llevamos a la playa we took him off to the beach
    no te lleves el diccionario, lo necesito don't take the dictionary (away), I need it
    llévate a los chicos de aquí get the children out of here
    los ladrones se llevaron las joyas the thieves went off with o took the jewels
    el agua se llevó cuanto encontró a su paso the water swept away everything in its path
    2 ‹dinero/premio› to win
    la película que se llevó todos los premios the movie that carried off o won o took all the prizes
    3 (quedarse con, comprar) to take
    no sé cuál llevarme I don't know which one to have o take
    ¿cuántos se quiere llevar? how many would you like?
    4 ( Mat) to carry
    9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one
    5 ( Arg) ‹asignatura› to carry over
    B
    (dirigir): no te lleves el cuchillo a la boca don't put your knife in your mouth
    se llevó la mano al bolsillo he put his hand to his pocket
    C ‹susto/regañina› to get
    ¡qué susto me llevé! what a fright I got!
    me llevé una gran decepción I was terribly disappointed, it was a terrible disappointment
    se llevó su merecido he got what he deserved
    quiero que se lleve un buen recuerdo I want him to leave here with pleasant memories
    D
    llevarse bien con algn to get along with sb, to get on (well) with sb ( BrE)
    nos llevamos mal we don't get along o on
    se llevan a matar they really hate each other
    se llevan como perro y gato they fight like cat and dog
    * * *

     

    llevar ( conjugate llevar) verbo transitivo
    1


    te lo llevaré cuando vaya I'll bring it when I come;
    ¿qué llevas en la bolsa? what have you got in your bag?;
    comida para llevar take out (AmE) o (BrE) takeaway meals
    b) ( transportar) ‹ carga to carry;


    c) persona to take;


    me llevó (en su coche) hasta la estación she gave me a lift to the station;
    lo llevaba en brazos/de la mano she was carrying him in her arms/holding her hand
    d) ( tener consigo) ‹llaves/dinero/documentación to have

    2
    a) (guiar, conducir) to take;

    la llevaba de la mano I/he was holding her hand;

    esto no nos llevará a ninguna parte this won't get us anywhere
    b) (impulsar, inducir) to lead;

    esto me lleva a pensar que … this leads me to believe that …

    3
    a)ropa/perfume/reloj to wear

    b) ( tener) ‹barba/bigote to have;


    1 ( tener a su cargo) ‹negocio/tienda to run;
    caso› to handle;
    contabilidad to do
    2 (esp Esp) ( conducir) ‹ vehículo to drive;
    moto to ride
    3 vida to lead;

    ¿cómo llevas el informe? how are you getting on with the report?
    4 (seguir, mantener): llevar el ritmo or el compás to keep time;
    ¿llevas la cuenta de lo que te debo? are you keeping track of what I owe you?;

    ¿qué dirección llevaban? which direction were they going in?
    1
    a) ( requerir) ‹ tiempo to take;


    b) ( aventajar) (+ me/te/le etc):


    nos llevan un día de ventaja they have a one-day lead over us
    2 (Esp) ( cobrar) to charge
    llevar v aux:

    lleva tres días sin comer he hasn't eaten for three days;
    el tren lleva una hora de retraso the train's an hour late;
    llevo revisada la mitad I've already checked half of it
    verbo intransitivo [camino/carretera] to go, lead
    llevarse verbo pronominal
    1


    ¿quién se llevó mi paraguas? who took my umbrella?;
    el agua se llevó las casas the water swept away the houses
    b)premio/dinero to win

    c) (quedarse con, comprar) to take;


    d) (Mat) to carry;

    9 y 9 son 18, me llevo una 9 plus 9 is 18, carry one

    e) (Arg) ‹ asignatura to carry over

    2susto/regañina to get;

    se llevó un buen recuerdo he left here with pleasant memories
    3

    4 ( hablando de modas) to be in fashion;

    llevar verbo transitivo
    1 to take: llévame a casa, take me home
    (en dirección al oyente) te lo llevaré al trabajo, I'll bring it to your work
    2 (vestir) to wear: lleva el pelo suelto, she wears her hair down
    3 (transportar) to carry: no llevo dinero encima, I don't carry any money on me
    4 (tolerar, sufrir) lleva muy mal la separación, she is taking the separation very badly
    5 (una diferencia de edad) le lleva dos años a su hermana, he is two years older than his sister
    6 (cobrar) me llevó dos mil pesetas por el arreglo, she charged me two thousand pesetas for the repairs
    7 (necesitar) eso no lleva mucho trabajo, that doesn't need much work
    8 (tiempo) llevo dos horas esperando, I've been waiting for two hours
    esto llevará un buen rato, this will take a long time
    9 (un negocio, empresa) to be in charge of
    (a una persona) to handle: te lleva por donde quiere, she does what she likes with you
    ♦ Locuciones: llevar adelante, to carry sthg through
    llevar las de ganar/perder, to be on a winning/losing streak
    La traducción más común es to take: ¿Adónde llevas eso?, Where are you taking that? Llévalo a la cocina. Take it to the kitchen. Sin embargo, tratándose de llevar algo hacia el oyente o el hablante, debes emplear el verbo to bring: Te lo llevaré mañana. I'll bring it to you tomorrow. Te llevaré un regalo. I'll bring you a present.
    ' llevar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acercar
    - agitada
    - agitado
    - aire
    - altar
    - andar
    - aparejada
    - aparejado
    - bajar
    - batuta
    - caballo
    - cabo
    - calzar
    - calle
    - cantante
    - cargar
    - cartera
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conducir
    - costar
    - dejarse
    - delantera
    - efectuar
    - ejecutar
    - escrita
    - escrito
    - garaje
    - inducir
    - juicio
    - magistratura
    - mal
    - maquillarse
    - operar
    - pantalla
    - pantalón
    - perder
    - preferir
    - realizar
    - sed
    - sofoco
    - subir
    - traer
    - transportar
    - usar
    - vestir
    - voz
    - anca
    - andas
    - arrastrar
    English:
    absorb
    - accomplish
    - account
    - achieve
    - ahead
    - amulet
    - astray
    - authenticity
    - band
    - bankrupt
    - bear
    - blow
    - boil
    - bring
    - carry
    - carry about
    - carry around
    - carry away
    - carry off
    - carry on
    - carry out
    - coal
    - conduct
    - drag off
    - drive
    - effect
    - fly
    - follow through
    - footpath
    - forceful
    - forever
    - go through with
    - hand-luggage
    - handle
    - haul up
    - have
    - have on
    - have up
    - hold
    - hump
    - implement
    - inclination
    - justice
    - keep
    - lead
    - lead out
    - lead to
    - lead up to
    - live
    - lug
    * * *
    vt
    1. [de un lugar a otro] to take;
    le llevé unos bombones al hospital I took her some chocolates at the hospital, I brought some chocolates for her to the hospital with me;
    llevaré a los niños al zoo I'll take the children to the zoo;
    nosotros llevamos la mercancía del almacén a las tiendas we bring o transport the goods from the warehouse to the shops;
    me llevó en coche he drove me there;
    ¿vas al colegio? ¡sube, que te llevo! are you going to school? get in, I'll give you a Br lift o US ride;
    ¿para tomar aquí o para llevar? is it to eat in or Br to take away o US to go?;
    pizzas para llevar [en letrero] Br takeaway pizzas, US pizzas to go
    2. [acarrear] to carry;
    llevaba un saco a sus espaldas she was carrying a sack on her back;
    llevaban en hombros al entrenador they were carrying the coach on their shoulders;
    ¿llevas rueda de recambio? have you got a spare wheel?;
    llevar adelante algo [planes, proyecto] to go ahead with sth;
    llevar consigo [implicar] to lead to, to bring about;
    está prohibido llevar armas carrying arms is prohibited
    3. [encima] [ropa, objeto personal] to wear;
    llevo gafas I wear glasses;
    ¿llevas reloj? [en este momento] have you got a watch on?, are you wearing a watch?;
    [habitualmente] do you wear a watch?;
    llevaba una falda azul she was wearing a blue skirt;
    no lleva nada puesto she hasn't got anything o any clothes on;
    no llevo dinero I haven't got any money on me;
    nunca llevo mucho dinero encima I never carry a lot of money on me o around;
    todavía lleva pañales he's still in Br nappies o US diapers
    4. [tener] to have;
    llevar bigote to have a moustache;
    lleva el pelo largo he has long hair;
    me gusta llevar el pelo recogido I like to wear my hair up;
    llevas las manos sucias your hands are dirty;
    los productos ecológicos llevan una etiqueta verde environmentally friendly products carry a green label
    5. [como ingrediente]
    esta tortilla lleva cebolla this omelette has got onion in it;
    ¿qué lleva el daiquiri? what do you make a daiquiri with?
    6. [guiar, acompañar] to take;
    los llevé por otro camino I took them another way;
    lo llevaron a la comisaría he was taken to the police station;
    un guía nos llevó hasta la cima a guide led us to the top;
    Méx
    lléveme con el gerente I want to see the manager
    7. [dirigir] to be in charge of;
    [casa, negocio] to look after, to run;
    lleva la contabilidad she keeps the books
    8. [manejar, ocuparse de] [problema, persona] to handle;
    [asunto, caso, expediente] to deal with; [automóvil] to drive; [bicicleta, moto] to ride;
    este asunto lo lleva el departamento de contabilidad this matter is being handled by the accounts department;
    ella llevó las negociaciones personalmente she handled the negotiations herself;
    el inspector que lleva el caso the inspector in charge of the case;
    lleva muy bien sus estudios he's doing very well in his studies;
    sabe cómo llevar a la gente she's good with people
    9. [mantener] to keep;
    el hotel lleva un registro de todos sus clientes the hotel keeps a record of all its guests;
    llevo la cuenta de todos tus fallos I've been keeping count of all your mistakes;
    llevar el paso to keep in step;
    llevar el ritmo o [m5] compás to keep time;
    llevan una vida muy tranquila they lead a very quiet life
    10. [soportar] to deal o cope with;
    llevar algo bien/mal to deal o cope with sth well/badly;
    ¿qué tal llevas o [m5] cómo llevas el régimen? how are you getting on with the diet?;
    llevo bien lo de ir en tren todos los días, pero lo de madrugar… I can quite happily cope with catching the train every day, but as for getting up early…;
    Fam
    ¿cómo lo llevas con el nuevo jefe? how are you getting on with your new boss?
    11. [ir por]
    la dirección que lleva el vehículo the direction in which the vehicle is heading;
    lleva camino de ser famoso/rico he's on the road to fame/riches;
    llevar las de ganar/perder: el equipo local lleva las de ganar/perder the local team are favourites to win/lose;
    en un juicio, llevamos las de ganar if the matter goes to court, we can expect to win;
    no te enfrentes con él, que llevas las de perder don't mess with him, you can't hope to win
    12. [conducir]
    llevar a alguien a algo to lead sb to sth;
    aquella inversión le llevaría a la ruina that investment was to bring about his ruin;
    ¿adónde nos lleva la ingeniería genética? where is all this genetic engineering going to end?;
    llevar a alguien a hacer algo to lead o cause sb to do sth;
    esto me lleva a creer que miente this makes me think she's lying;
    ¿qué pudo llevarle a cometer semejante crimen? what could have led o caused him to commit such a crime?
    13. [sobrepasar en]
    te llevo seis puntos I'm six points ahead of you;
    me lleva dos centímetros/dos años he's two centimetres taller/two years older than me
    14. [amputar]
    la motosierra casi le lleva una pierna the power saw nearly took o cut his leg off
    15. [costar] [tiempo, esfuerzo] to take;
    aprender a conducir o Am [m5] manejar lleva tiempo it takes time to learn to drive;
    me llevó un día hacer este guiso it took me a day to make this dish
    16. [pasarse] [tiempo]
    lleva tres semanas sin venir she hasn't come for three weeks now, it's three weeks since she was last here;
    llevaba siglos sin ir al cine I hadn't been to the cinema for ages, it was ages since I'd been to the cinema;
    ¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí? how long have you been here?;
    llevo todo el día llamándote I've been trying to get through to you on the phone all day;
    llevar mucho tiempo haciendo algo to have been doing sth for a long time
    17. Esp [cobrar] to charge;
    ¿qué te llevaron por la revisión del coche? how much o what did they charge you for servicing the car?
    18. CSur [comprar] to take;
    llevaré la roja I'll take o have the red one;
    ¿lo envuelvo o lo lleva puesto? shall I wrap it up for you or do you want to keep it on?
    vi
    [conducir]
    llevar a to lead to;
    esta carretera lleva al norte this road leads north
    v aux
    (antes de participio)
    llevo leída media novela I'm halfway through the novel;
    llevo dicho esto mismo docenas de veces I've said the same thing time and again;
    llevaba anotados todos los gastos she had noted down all the expenses
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 take;
    llevar a alguien en coche drive s.o., take s.o. in the car;
    2 ropa, gafas wear
    3 ritmo keep up
    4
    :
    llevar las de perder be likely to lose;
    me lleva dos años he’s two years older than me;
    llevo ocho días aquí I’ve been here a week;
    llevo una hora esperando I’ve been waiting for an hour;
    ¿te llevó dos horas hacer eso? it took you two hours to do that?
    II v/i lead (a to)
    * * *
    llevar vt
    1) : to take away, to carry
    me gusta, me lo llevo: I like it, I'll take it
    2) : to wear
    3) : to take, to lead
    llevamos a Pedro al cine: we took Pedro to the movies
    4)
    llevar a cabo : to carry out
    5)
    llevar adelante : to carry on, to keep going
    llevar vi
    : to lead
    un problema lleva al otro: one problem leads to another
    llevar v aux
    : to have
    llevo mucho tiempo buscándolo: I've been looking for it for a long time
    lleva leído medio libro: he's halfway through the book
    * * *
    llevar vb
    1. (en general) to take [pt. took; pp. taken]
    2. (cargar) to carry [pt. & pp. carried]
    ¿quieres que te lleve la compra? shall I carry your shopping?
    3. (vestir) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn]
    4. (tener) to have
    ¿qué llevas en la mano? what have you got in your hand?
    5. (conducir) to drive [pt. drove; pp. driven]
    6. (tiempo) to have been
    llevarle a alguien... años to be... years older than somebody

    Spanish-English dictionary > llevar

  • 5 fin

    m.
    1 end (final).
    dar o poner fin a algo to put an end to something
    tocar a su fin to come to a close
    a fines de at the end of
    al o por fin at last, finally
    a fin de cuentas after all
    al fin y al cabo after all
    al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back)
    en fin anyway
    en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again
    sin fin endless
    fin de fiesta grand finale
    fin de semana weekend
    2 aim, goal (objetivo).
    un fin en sí mismo an end in itself
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means
    con este fin with this aim, to this end
    a fin de in order to
    a fin de contener la inflación (in order) to keep inflation down
    3 purpose, objective, end, aim.
    * * *
    1 (final) end
    2 (objetivo) purpose, aim
    \
    a fin de in order to, so as to
    a fin de que so that
    a fines de at the end of
    al fin y al cabo when all's said and done
    ¡al fin! at last!
    con buen fin with good intentions
    con el fin de with the intention of
    con este fin with this aim
    dar fin a to put an end to
    en fin anyway
    llegar a su fin to come to an end
    no tener fin to be endless
    poner fin a to put an end to
    ¡por fin! at last!
    sin fin endless
    tocar a su fin to come to an end
    fin de fiesta grand finale
    fin de semana (tiempo) weekend 2 (bolsa) weekend bag
    (noche de) Fin de Año New Year's Eve
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) end
    2) aim, purpose
    - por fin
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=final) end

    fin de la cita — end of quote, unquote

    dar fin a — [+ ceremonia, actuación] to bring to a close; [+ obra, libro] to finish; [+ guerra, conflicto] to bring to an end

    llegar a buen fin — [aventura] to have a happy ending; [plan] to turn out well

    llevar algo a buen fin — to bring sth to a successful conclusion

    poner fin a algo — to end sth, put an end to sth

    esta ley pondrá fin a la discriminación sexual en el trabajothis law will end o will put an end to sexual discrimination in the workplace

    sin fin — endless

    fin de fiesta — (Teat) grand finale

    2)

    a fines deat the end of

    la crisis de fines del XIX — the crisis at the end of the 19th century, the late 19th century crisis

    3) [otras locuciones]
    a)

    al fin, por fin — [gen] finally; [con más énfasis] at last

    tras varios días de marcha, por fin llegamos a la primera aldea — after several days' walk, we finally came to the first village

    ¡al fin solos! — alone at last!

    ¡por fin te decides a hacer algo! — at last you've decided to do something!

    al fin y al caboafter all

    tengo derecho a estar aquí: al fin y al cabo, soy parte de la familia — I have a right to stay here: after all, I am part of the family

    al fin y al cabo, lo que importa es que seguimos juntos — at the end of the day, what matters is that we're still together

    b)

    en fin — [quitando importancia] anyway, oh, well; [para resumir] in short

    en fin, otro día seguiremos hablando del tema — anyway o oh, well, we will carry on discussing this another day

    ¡en fin, qué se le va a hacer! — anyway o oh, well, there's nothing we can do about it!

    hemos tenido bastantes problemas este año, pero en fin, seguimos adelante — we've had quite a few problems this year, but still o anyway, we're still going

    en fin, que no he tenido un momento de descanso — in short, I haven't had a moment's rest

    4) (=intención) aim

    ¿con qué fin se ha organizado esto? — what has been the aim in organizing this?

    a fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

    a fin de que+ subjun so that, in order that frm

    se le ha citado como testigo a fin de que explique sus relaciones con el acusado — he has been called as a witness in order to explain o in order that he explain frm o so that he can explain his relationship with the defendant

    con el fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

    a tal fin — with this aim in mind, to this end

    5) (=propósito) purpose

    con fines experimentales/militares/políticos — for experimental/military/political purposes

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( final) end

    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

    no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

    por or al fin — at last

    en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

    en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

    repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

    a fin de cuentas in the end, at the end of the day

    tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

    2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

    el fin de esta visitathe aim o purpose of this visit

    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

    a fin de que — (frml) in order to

    con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

    con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

    el fin justifica los mediosthe end justifies the means

    * * *
    = aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.
    Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.
    Ex. The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.
    Ex. In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.
    Ex. Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.
    Ex. Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.
    Ex. The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.
    Ex. The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.
    Ex. The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.
    Ex. An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.
    ----
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.
    * al fin = at last, at long last.
    * al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.
    * cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.
    * de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.
    * durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.
    * fin de semana = weekend.
    * fines de semana, los = at weekends.
    * fines lucrativos = financial gain.
    * generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.
    * llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir un fin = pursue + end.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.
    * sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.
    * sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.
    * tecla de fin = End key.
    * tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( final) end

    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

    no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

    por or al fin — at last

    en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

    en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

    repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

    a fin de cuentas in the end, at the end of the day

    tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

    2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

    el fin de esta visitathe aim o purpose of this visit

    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

    a fin de que — (frml) in order to

    con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

    con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

    el fin justifica los mediosthe end justifies the means

    * * *
    = aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.
    Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.

    Ex: The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.

    Ex: In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.
    Ex: Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.
    Ex: Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.
    Ex: The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.
    Ex: The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.
    Ex: The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.
    Ex: An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.
    * al fin = at last, at long last.
    * al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.
    * cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.
    * de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.
    * durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.
    * fin de semana = weekend.
    * fines de semana, los = at weekends.
    * fines lucrativos = financial gain.
    * generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.
    * llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir un fin = pursue + end.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.
    * sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.
    * sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.
    * tecla de fin = End key.
    * tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.

    * * *
    A
    1 (final) end
    el fin de una época the end of an era
    a fines de junio at the end of June
    siempre cobramos a fin de mes we always get paid at the end of the month
    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos until the end of time
    el fin del mundo the end of the world
    no es el fin del mundo ( fam); it's not the end of the world ( colloq)
    tuvo un triste fin he came to a sad end
    con esta noticia ponemos fin a la edición de hoy and that's the end of tonight's news, and with that we end tonight's news
    en un intento de poner fin a estos conflictos in an attempt to put an end to these conflicts
    un accidente aéreo puso fin a su vida he was killed in an aircrash
    puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion
    llevó la empresa a buen fin he brought the venture to a successful conclusion
    el verano ya llega a su fin summer is coming to an end
    [ S ] Fin The End
    2 ( en locs):
    por or al fin at last
    ¡al fin lo conseguí! at last I've done it!
    ¡por fin! hace media hora que te estoy llamando at last! I've been trying to reach you for the last half hour
    ¡por fin llegas! llevo horas esperando at last you've arrived! I've been waiting for hours
    en fin well
    en fin ¡qué se le va a hacer! ah well, what can you do?
    en fin que las cosas no andan muy bien all in all, things aren't going very well
    en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!
    a fin de cuentas: a fin de cuentas, lo que importa es el resultado at the end of the day, it's the result that counts
    a fin de cuentas, el que carga con la responsabilidad soy yo when it comes down to it o when all's said and done, I'm the one who has to take responsibility
    a fin de cuentas salimos ganando in the end we did well out of it
    al fin y al cabo: siempre lo disculpa, al fin y al cabo es su único hijo she always forgives him; after all, he is her only son
    es inútil darle consejos, al fin y al cabo hace siempre lo que quiere it's no good giving her advice, in the end she always does as she pleases
    tocar a su fin ( liter); to draw to a close o to an end
    Compuestos:
    New Year's Eve
    grand finale, finale
    2 ( Esp) (maletín) overnight bag o case
    B (objetivo, finalidad) purpose
    para fines pacíficos for peaceful ends o purposes
    el fin de esta visita the aim o objective o purpose of this visit
    esto constituye un fin en sí mismo this constitutes an end in itself
    una colecta con fines benéficos a collection for charity
    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro a not-for-profit organization ( AmE), a non-profit-making organisation ( BrE)
    con este finor a este finor a tal fin ( frml); to this end ( frml), with this aim ( frml)
    con el fin de or a fin de ( frml); with the aim o purpose of
    a fin de que se cumpla el reglamento in order to ensure compliance with the rules
    salvo buen fin subject to clearance
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means
    * * *

     

    fin sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( final) end;


    a fin de mes at the end of the month;
    fin de año New Year's Eve;
    fin de semana ( sábado y domingo) weekend;
    puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion
    b) ( en locs) por or al fin at last;


    en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!;
    a fin de cuentas in the end, at the end of the day;
    al fin y al cabo after all
    2
    a) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose;

    el fin de esta visita the aim o purpose of this visit

    b) ( en locs)


    con este fin (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml);
    con el fin or a fin de (frml) with the aim o purpose of
    fin sustantivo masculino
    1 (final, término) end: ponle fin a esta situación, put an end to this situation
    fin de semana, weekend
    noche de Fin de Año, New Year's Eve
    2 (meta) purpose, aim
    con el fin de, with the aim of
    fin último, main aim
    ♦ Locuciones: a fin de, in order to, so as to
    a fin de que, in order that, so that
    al fin y al cabo, when all's said and done
    en fin, anyway
    ¡por o al fin!, at last!
    ' fin' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abonada
    - abonado
    - acción
    - acertar
    - acreditar
    - activa
    - activo
    - ajustar
    - aleta
    - amortización
    - aplazar
    - asiento
    - atraso
    - auditor
    - auditora
    - aunar
    - aval
    - baja
    - balance
    - bancarrota
    - banco
    - beneficio
    - bolsa
    - bono
    - cabo
    - caja
    - cambio
    - capital
    - carga
    - cargo
    - caudal
    - cédula
    - centavo
    - cien
    - cobertura
    - colocar
    - concurrencia
    - corona
    - corredor
    - corredora
    - corriente
    - cotizar
    - cotización
    - cotizarse
    - crac
    - crack
    - crédito
    - crisis
    - cuenta
    - curso
    English:
    account
    - accrue
    - advance
    - all
    - anywhere
    - appreciate
    - appreciation
    - Armageddon
    - arms control
    - asset
    - at
    - back
    - backer
    - backing
    - balance
    - balance sheet
    - bank
    - bankrupt
    - bear
    - beginning
    - bill
    - block
    - blue-chip
    - boil down
    - bond
    - bondholder
    - book
    - bottom line
    - bottom out
    - break
    - break down
    - breakdown
    - brokerage
    - building society
    - bull
    - bullish
    - buoyancy
    - buoyant
    - but
    - buyback
    - buyer
    - capital
    - capital reserves
    - capitalize
    - cause
    - charge
    - city
    - clearance
    - clearing
    - close
    * * *
    nm
    1. [final] end;
    el fin del invierno the end of winter;
    “Fin” [en película] “The End”;
    dar o [m5] poner fin a algo to put an end to sth;
    un infarto puso fin a su vida she died from a heart attack;
    tocar a su fin to come to a close;
    a fines de at the end of;
    a fin de mes at the end of the month;
    conseguir llegar a fin de mes [económicamente] to manage to make ends meet;
    al o [m5] por fin at last, finally;
    ¡al o [m5] por fin hemos llegado! we've arrived, at last!;
    en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again;
    en fin, que si no te interesa, no lo compres well, if you don't want it, don't buy it;
    en fin, para resumir… anyway, to summarize…;
    sin fin endless;
    diversión sin fin no end of fun, endless fun;
    recibió un sin fin de regalos she got hundreds of presents;
    a fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo, al fin y a la postre after all
    fin de año [Nochevieja] New Year's Eve;
    voy a pasar el fin de año con la familia I'm going to stay with my family over New Year;
    nuestros resultados de fin de año our year end results;
    fin de curso [en colegio] end of the school year;
    [en universidad] end of the academic year;
    fin de fiesta grand finale;
    el fin del mundo the end of the world;
    anímate, no es el fin del mundo cheer up, it isn't the end of the world;
    al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back);
    fin de semana weekend
    2. [objetivo] aim, goal;
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;
    el fin último the ultimate goal;
    con este fin with this aim, to this end;
    una organización con fines benéficos a charity, a charitable organization;
    con fines lucrativos profit-making
    a fin de loc conj
    esfuérzate a fin de aprobar make an effort (in order) to try and pass;
    han subido los intereses a fin de contener la inflación they have raised interest rates (in order) to keep inflation down;
    compórtate bien a fin de que no te puedan reprochar nada behave well so (that) they can't reproach you for anything
    * * *
    m
    1 end;
    al o
    por fin finally, at last;
    a fines de mayo at the end of May;
    sin fin endless, never-ending;
    dar o
    poner fin a end, bring to an end; abuso, disputa put an end to;
    tocar a su fin draw to a close, come to an end
    2 ( objetivo) aim, purpose;
    con el fin de que acabemos a tiempo in order to finish on time, to ensure that we finish on time;
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;
    a fin de in order to
    :
    al fin y al cabo at the end of the day, after all;
    en fin anyway
    * * *
    fin nm
    1) : end
    2) : purpose, aim, objective
    3)
    en fin : in short
    4)
    fin de semana : weekend
    5)
    por fin : finally, at last
    * * *
    fin n
    1. (final) end
    2. (objetivo) purpose / aim
    a fin de to / in order to
    a fin de cuentas at the end of the day / when all's said and done
    al fin y al cabo in the end / after all
    en fin (bien) well (en resumen) in short / all in all

    Spanish-English dictionary > fin

  • 6 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 7 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 8 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 9 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

См. также в других словарях:

  • Command & Conquer 3: Kane's Wrath — Developer(s) EA Los Angeles BreakAway Games[1] Publisher(s) …   Wikipedia

  • Command & Conquer: Yuri's Revenge — Developer(s) Westwood Pacific Publisher(s) EA Games Series …   Wikipedia

  • Command & Conquer (video game) — This article is about the first Command Conquer video game. For the rest of the series, see Command Conquer. Command Conquer Command and Conquer cover art (Windows 95) Developer(s) Westwood Studios …   Wikipedia

  • Mass Effect (video game) — Mass Effect Developer(s) BioWare (Xbox 360) Demiurge Studios (Microsoft Windows[1] …   Wikipedia

  • Characters of the Mass Effect universe — This article describes notable characters who appear in the Mass Effect fictional universe. These characters are explored in the novels Mass Effect: Revelation, Mass Effect: Ascension, Mass Effect: Retribution, and Mass Effect: Deception; the… …   Wikipedia

  • Races of the Mass Effect universe — This article is about the fictional races found within the Mass Effect universe. These races are explored in the novels Mass Effect: Revelation and Mass Effect: Ascension, and the video games Mass Effect, Mass Effect Galaxy, and Mass Effect 2.… …   Wikipedia

  • Characters of Mass Effect — This article describes the characters of Mass Effect , an Xbox 360 and PC action role playing game developed by BioWare. The game was released on November 20, 2007.Commander ShepardCommander Shepard is the main player character in Mass Effect .… …   Wikipedia

  • Races in Mass Effect — This article is about the fictional species found within the Mass Effect universe contained in both the and Xbox 360 and PC video game.Known sapient speciesAsari The asari are a humanoid species that hold one of three permanent seats on the… …   Wikipedia

  • Central Communications Command — The Central Communications Command (CCC, also known as Metcall) is the largest Operational Command Unit OCU of London s Metropolitan Police Service. It sits within Territorial Policing, the business group within the Met that is responsible for… …   Wikipedia

  • To take effect — Take Take, v. t. [imp. {Took} (t[oo^]k); p. p. {Taken} (t[=a]k n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Taking}.] [Icel. taka; akin to Sw. taga, Dan. tage, Goth. t[=e]kan to touch; of uncertain origin.] 1. In an active sense; To lay hold of; to seize with the hands …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Allied characters of Command & Conquer — This page lists characters of the Allies in the Command Conquer: Red Alert series of computer and video games. Contents 1 Red Alert 1.1 Grand Marshal Gunter von Esling …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»